Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(3,381 - 3,400 of 3,517)

Pages

Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Libr...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. O l d M a i n 5. Wcsl Hall 6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music- Hall 11. Psychology Building 12 Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Slage II Thrdter 15. Lillle Thrcitc,r 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Studrnt Parking C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Facul~y-StaffParking F. M u r p h y Square G. Practice Field H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp -..-... + ' - , , . . - , .,\: ,. -.:+, . ( Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Contents 2 Campus Map 5 Introduction 7 8 12 16 24 30 44 45 128 139 140 142 Facilities Admissions Costs Financial Aid Student Life Academic Information Brief Facts Course Descriptions Registers Communication List Index Academic Calendars Philip Thompson, Art Department chair, checks a student project Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and women's volleyball Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower at Homecoming Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultwral and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear, disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a cran~~nued goal of the college, f P$ Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand I ~ Christian P faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world. a Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting, provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany, in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college graduation was in 1879. Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year. Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway, centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl ' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years. Location and Campus Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus . or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The Council on Social Work Education The American Chemical Society Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Minnesota Private College Council Lutheran Education Council in North America Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South. Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student Eousing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions 9 Freshmen Students Early Decision Early Admission 10 Transfer Students 11 Former Students Special Students (Non-Degree) International Students 8 Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue South Campus Hub, the College Center, and Urness Tower I' Moving in - often a family affair Ir: . . 4 Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin. cP Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors. visit prospective students in their schools, assisting rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Whencves possible, the Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made. f Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented instcad of t h high ~ school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made. g 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scorcs, and tecommenrlation5. Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid 0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office. f A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr ~ of the senior year of high i r l i o o f hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg. P A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the Admissions Office. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An ~ ~ r i l 1 arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ . py Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10 return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo not pay the application fce, b Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. 5 Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult the information available from the Admissions Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other nations. Financial Information 13 Costs 1980-81 14 Deposits 15 Payments Refunds Financial Aid 16 Application 17 Gifts 18 Loans Campus Work 19 Sponsored Scholarships 12 Melby Hall - site for registration, Chapel, games, Commencement Gymnasts praclice for competition Music Hall entry invites a lineup Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1980-81 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ......................................$3,660.00 Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ............................ 510.00 This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ......................... 255.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 957.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week) ............................... . ...... 880.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account Late Registration (per day after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.00 A d d a course (after first three days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Cancel a course (after first three days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 .... ......... ......... ... 20.00 ....... 5.00 Nursing Admission Test Introduction t o Cinema Arts 35.00 Film Making (Interim) 70.00 Life Drawing (Interim) Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 20.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) ................. 510.00 Locker Rental (for commuters) Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after fPrst, w h ~ c h is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Special Examinations (Schedule o n file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00 Student Teaching .............. 35.00 Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 10.00 Private, Interim, per lesson Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00 ... Psychology of Music 10.00 Radio-Television ........... Production . . . 10.00 .. 35.00 Theater Technical Production Books and Supplies These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) ............................................ $ 50.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. Housing ........................................................... 100.00 Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e . of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from [he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f cancellation is alier these dates. Breakage and Fine ... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... . , ... . .., , .. . .. 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates l single year contracts are indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as r brochure will be miiilcd. availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and b Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g ~ of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls 11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y the C o l l e g ~ (Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according to established repaympnt schetlulcs. r Refunds Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes. 90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h 10th day of cla~srs. UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h h 75th clay ofclasses. ;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs. 60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs. 5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn. - No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. t to Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life. Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office. All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. IG/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes. Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto hcl rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing costs. 9 Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from all aid sources. \ The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources. The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor ~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc- men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration. Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF. Au~sburg'scode is 6014. 3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg , will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aitl packagc. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial Aid/l7 New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of their awarcl by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to inverti~ate rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others, "i Gift Assistance - Available to students who have shown academic Augsbur Tuition Grant r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1 E need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A r;~urlen~'s scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration. 1 Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1. St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln. 18/Financial A i d Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount . grants are hilsed on need the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion . is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr to the appropriate BEOG officc. mF) Loan Assistance National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol minimurn of830 a ~manih) b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school. principal (a1 t R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0. f: 'h Y Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal c or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams. W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge, Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may be e x ~ ~ n d up e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive ! . arc available at thr?callcge, samc ~1ndr1rgra~luate maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan without demonstrating financial eligibility. Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National ~ denrolled in Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum loan is $2500 per year. Campus Work Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl, Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities. 1 Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship deserving junior/senior students. - awarded annually t o t w o M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. David J. Formo Scholarshi established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance. Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclassstudents. Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls P of scholarship, p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe o f State nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf ~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate application required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3 rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer I r)unrldtron {code h577) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. Minority Student Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be awarded to a Blaca student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students. Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded Christian service. on the basis of need, character and interest in The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. awarded annually to an able and Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with a preference for basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the wrestling program. Biology Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship interested in the field of business. - awarded to one or more upperclass students Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business and/or education. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration. Chemistry Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship. Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship. Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship. Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry Scholarship. Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . - established in 1978 for upperclass History awarded annually to students majoring in history H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field. Library Science Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/ senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of mathematics. Music 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. - Student Life 25 Religious Life Student Government 26 Athletics Student Activities Student Services 27 CSD Intercultural Center 28 Health Service Food Service Residence Life 29 Student Rights All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the College Cenler Ready for Christmas - afler finals Classes are small, so you get to know faculty and students Li ~b 7 .. Student Life/25 Student Life Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your edura~ion. !' Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an! plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some 200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion. We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg. Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement arp possibl~! from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If p. ..:-. you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn the College Cenlcr. Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. 26/Student Services The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon , i unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station v, serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower. There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the theater arts depart rnent. Intercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. B Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW). Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes that t ~ pconiext . in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h intrllectual conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its students. F: The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, l ntercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. , and staff as well as You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. "'""6 Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment. htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~ plan t to liclp you assess yourself, explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor. B Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered each year to P II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships), lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf several limes d u l i n ~the year. P Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. 7 Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise. c h a l l r n g ~mare \ Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy anrl procedure. f Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentratr i n two major areas: American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian community Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices, service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities available. lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed International Student Advisor. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~ thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available. Food Service The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All residcnt students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing only if space is available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics. Yo Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student ~fEir5. 7 t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation ( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Academic Information 31 Degrees Academic Calendar Faculty Library & Audio-Visual 32 Divisions 33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s Teaching Licensure 34 Certification Programs Pre-Professional 35 Inter-Institutional Programs 37 Study A b r o a d 38 H o n o r s Program Internship C o n t i n u i n g Education Academic Policies 38 39 40 41 42 Registration Graduation Requirements Grading A u d i t i n g Courses Grade Point Average Classification Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Probation a n d Dismissal Dean's List 43 Graduation w i t h Distinction Independent/Directed Study Veterans 44 Brief Facts 45 Course N u m b e r i n g Prerequisites Psychology Building, Norwegian class, Music Therapy class Academic Information/31 - Academic Information Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad liberal arts backgroun! i n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are c of faculty advisers. encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~ ing ' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission. ~~rl rY Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring the regular term. (See Registration). j a ~ ~ u a Interim ry is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto employ styles of teaching ~ n learning d and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf: ~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog, pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or nt rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1. Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide gbraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are available. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding. Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section. P Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, lnternational Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Church Staff Work Communication Arts Corrective Therapy East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages (Chinese,' French, German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,' Spanish) History International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Stud~es Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso hy PhysicaPEducation (& Adapted PE) Ph sics PoLtical Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science/Social Studies Social Work Sociology S eech TReater Arts 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German, Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s). 34/Certification, Pre-Professional Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. 7 Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology, sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program. ~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson. a - Program Evaluation Certification Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies. I nter-l nstitutional/35 he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C. he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments [ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry 115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one from each r,l ~ I i r c e groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353 recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, at othcr medical schools may including psychology and sociology. R~guirements vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn* mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs 724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/, 351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1 course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary, Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. 36/l nter-I nstitutional Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Study Abroad/37 Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. - Semester or Year Abroad Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv. 38/Academic Policies Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. f Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer (or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements. Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a semester. 8, P Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the c of the Registrar. completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office Graduation Requirements 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or I 4 7 minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's degree. 2. Completion of a major. Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or co-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. 40/Evaluation, Grading Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Socio ogy English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports -Two sports. lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care ? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0 scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto l use the P/N gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn. % Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several ~ radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education interim C O U ~ S Carp courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English 111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N. 1 Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. \, Grading, AuditingMI Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1. An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\! h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd r hy ~ ~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere. P A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record. A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned n may not be repeated for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y , h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record. d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp and in ~ l i grade c p n i n l average. A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation o n the record. Auditing Courses Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g (or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1 confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W (Wii hdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges. Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her t has been o n probation two or more a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs r the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses. Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses. Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation. Study Options, Veterans/43 Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. IndependentIDirected Study Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate ~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~ (Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill n t r c g i s t ~again r tor t h e c o u r s ~ to rrceive the final grade. Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses reqi~ircrllor he degree. Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own academic dciln. Y Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of the Registrar, as i t is for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 7 44/Brief Facts Facts & Figures about Augsburg College Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 57% of students are Lutheran, 16% other Protestant, 14% Roman Catholic. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by American Chemical Society. MemberTwin Cities Associated Colleges of the Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26 states and 20 nations. Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of 1980,288. Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30. Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80. Library - Over 160,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Majors - 40 in 20 departments. Special offerings include International Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive internship program. Athletic Affiliation - Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school sessions. ~ugsburgCollege 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Departments, Courses/45 Departments, Course Descriptions Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the student should consult the instructors of the courses. subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ . Courscs and terms listed arc A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not b e ~ fulfilled n iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) t: t: Departments and Courses 47 Art/Art History 49 Biology 53 Business Administration & Economics 55 Chemistry 58 East Asian Studies Education Elementar /Kindergarten Early Chidhood Secondary Library Science 68 Engineering 69 English 72 Foreign Languages Chinese French German Greek Japanese Linguistics Norwegian Russian Spanish 81 Geography Health and Physical Education 84 History 87 International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science 90 Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies 93 Music and Music Therapy 98 Natural Science 99 Nursing 101 Philosophy 103 Ph sics 106 Poitical Science 109 Psychology 112 Religion 115 Russian Area Studies Scandinavian Area Studies 117 Social Science Social Studies 118 Social Work 120 Sociology 122 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 126 Transdisciplinary Major 127 Women's and Minority Studies 46 Chemisrry lab, Science Hall from the Quad XB FWF- - I . . ART Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by thc Art taculky. Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil, 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq. :225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making I1 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits t o museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n 19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83) Biology Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud - Major Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually reauire Chemistrv 353. Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106). Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1982 and alternate years). 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistrv An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate years.) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel. Business Administration I Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391, 392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administratiod53 M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131, 335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from nnc of t h following: ~ Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ . Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474: 8 Internalional Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq l follow. Studrrlrs w h o plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their n program of t' study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 t o b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373, 379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e deparrmcn~chairperson. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants {C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr. r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics). Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately after graduation. Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r program o f study. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business, C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend I I . , . . ." Business Administration/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall) 263 Intermediate Accounting - II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) , 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). 430 Marketing - Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand) 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454 and three other upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming are strongly recommended. MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or 453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479: Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on 379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo to thosf: listetl above. Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses (122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer ly to programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics. Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought, Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d 1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains. Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are: Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics 121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year. 7: American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. / Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. 71 Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a course program early in thelr college career. d Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and 351 or 352. Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. 60/C hemistry - - 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry nl prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry, r Secontl term, nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours , labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school h chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al e ~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy c rmeansol l mocl~rn r h ~ o r ~ of e schem~cal bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East Asian Studies East Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator) This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government, teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies, l 7 This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration OI eSt. Catherine possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~ ~ n (College l of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e languages beyot~dthe first two years. 7 To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government, history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr . stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1 i~ only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion. I Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2 P introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major. d Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of electives. - --- Economics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and , Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater Arts. Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to asr deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg College. Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc, S t u d ~ n ~transferring s from an education program at anuther rollege must be readmissible lo that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115: . . Librarv Sciencr?.341. 358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand l l 2.i i n major and minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. (Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver (483, 484, 478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator. 7, 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course. Application farms arcavailabl~ in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of their rleclarcd major. A student take education courses aficr thc Orientation course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota 13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's gl~ Education < Ion program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t' program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478, special r n c t h ~ t l in s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired. my Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools: ( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S. degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6) Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses. 1 Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe art majorwill r r g i s t ~for r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365; and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC. 373. The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study. All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course) The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses 363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) d 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) Library Science/67 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler, JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services in the Library Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. tngineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period. P k The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College. R Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the freshman year, Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged. English Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in Briii~h literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish 245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser nl regulaj A i l u d ~ with n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n (he English department should work closely wiih an adviser in the department. a10 Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in tke tall term of the so~hornore y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f Education. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration, American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration. k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses, special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P I N grading only. 111 Effective Writing Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall) 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 Modern Drama Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 72/Foreign Languages P 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray, Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm, (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or more of that language. Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311. k Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only. The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad. For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is reauired for graduation. Chinese, French/73 For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r . Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion Competency Exam. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~ become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing. Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and p ~ r s o n ause. l French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf) 352 Creativity and Restraint survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) n 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j . Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended: Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211, 212 Intermediate German For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basir < k ~ l into l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\ practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs r uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl e. lor majorstrid minors. Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid) 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque, n, hulklarung and Sturm und Drang lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~ 011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are A--:---^I .- -:A r+..^I--e.r -un.-eccn, . . Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n . '411 n r ft nn nPmand\ Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Creek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information. Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended. M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in cP civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged. R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu- age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand) Russian, Spanish/79 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator. 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the [ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~ practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for t l ma]c~r< and mrnors. Open to all q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. O n demand) 457 Spanish Novel Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography, Health Education/81 Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n Health Education Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410; SOC. 231, 241. Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105; Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ. sequence for teaching license. Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 82/Physical Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol. 103. Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471, 472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493; Professional Affilialion Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl ion or teaching and student tcachin i n an udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator. (This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.) f Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years) Physical Education/83 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 254 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-2) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic, ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and professional ethics. (Summer School only) 495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for details. Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division. Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances, h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1 3 1 r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e language at 1 course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee. Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students. Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering for an u p p e r level course. There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty schedules a n d student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. - 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. See department chairperson. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the last fifty years. l nternational Relations/87 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator) Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104, 332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351, 381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge work in a second modern language. Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14 required courses. Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d Mathematics-Education. 104 Basic Mathematics A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring; solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Computer Science/89 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982 and alternate years) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage, and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall) 90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming cl languagr in numerical analy~~s. Topin tncluric error analysis, the a ~ n r r a concepl l of ill*rativc% formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear 4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on ant1 integration. Credit may be granted toward a ma~tiematic~ rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved. Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution. P Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Garry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc 722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art : 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Metro-Urban Studies/91 Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psyc~ology, religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171, 381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or indepenBent study. 399 lnternship - Metropolitan Resources 498 lndependent Study An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. 499 lndependent Study Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 lndependent Study (Optional) lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated wirli ~ h c language instruction. 92/Metro-Urban Studies 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning - in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 Field Experience 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco 499 lndependent Study Music t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand. Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier, l 5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D. johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas, l David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) Bachelor of Arts Degree Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the* camplction of Thcory 1112, Bachelor of Music Degree Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375, 499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg. Bachelor of Science Degree Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or 365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice; Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103, Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7 Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and Soc. Ill, lZT,231,241,362,375); 7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during t h senior ~ year. This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith nn I ~ N;lrinnal P A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r radiratlon honors In music If they (1) provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors . Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d term of the junior year. Honors Maior: Students may qualify for 1 Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests. Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof l music majors. Music minors musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance ir 5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major may r u b i r i ~ u r e rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof Music. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test. Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one term of residency a t kugsburg College, 101,102,223,224 Theory Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 440 Advanced Musicianship Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 96/Music Therapy 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Music Therapy 110 Introduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars, and guest lecture demonstrations. Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital. Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. S Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument. - Guitar Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. - Orchestral and Band Instruments Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Music Organizations The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Augsburg Choir Wind Ensemble Chamber Orchestra (Membership by audition) Brass Ensemble Chorale Jazz Ensemble Percussion Ensemble String Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble 98/Natural Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics 121, 122. This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor admission to most m ~ d i c aschools, l including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9. d ! All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation with ~ d v i s e ris recommended. a &road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life S c i ~ n (Riology r~ 111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115, 116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar, Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488. Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223, 353; Physics 245). Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust, Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350, 403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y 355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior P to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive statistics are supportive tn lhe major. Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events. Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum i n Nursing I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*) 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344. Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe d junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof i y t h departmrn~. ~ Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal ~ world was not overly important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark Engebretson Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year, Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics. 1 K Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand seniors with departmental approval. 106/PoIiticaI Science - Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division 7 courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas. Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/l07 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign - Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 108/Political Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law I1 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I I for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) Psychology/lOg 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~! ear. 381 or 399 in !he junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended [hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc, devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis recommended far many students. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor. E Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363, PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which [lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for furthcr dctails. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Studv Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior r h a n u and ~ indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects. n IPrerea.: 1051 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology, 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. - 450 Proaram Evaluation The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~ and effici~ncy, The ~~oliflcdlantl organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on. The roleof evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC 362; 50C 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness, James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~ department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major. Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina, and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471. ky Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or 358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American P Lutheran Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work. 1Y 7 7 Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. P 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h Chatailqila Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as government, international business, o r teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Mildred Joel (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate &vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr ! Department of Foreign Languages. 312 Old Norse An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required. N(~rwt?gtan language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. llG/Scandinavian Area Studies - 345 Scandinavian American Experience The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable. Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof ~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~ language desirable. Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11 rcl written work in a Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Social Studies/l17 Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major. Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221, 222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and 121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines: g Economics, History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.) ! Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science n~rthodology course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12 courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104, 3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson ! of thc Dcparrmenl of History in choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r . Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123, Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 118/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of required courses from other departments. Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*; and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least {CHR) course i s strongly recommended. onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the transcript. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services -WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sopharnores. Open ro all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #). 3613ystems of Social Welfare An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Fall) Social Work/l19 363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462,464, Field Work II and IV: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making extensive,systen~~tic dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings. ~ r m i ~ ~These ~ c e sresources , become the core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y. This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly Ocfcndsthc tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation. Y Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363, PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for further details. \ 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 Religion and Society A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121, Fall) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105) 122/Speech, Communication 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban sociology; t h metropolis ~ as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan r area is m a j o r i s ~ u relaled ~s utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 388 Social Inequality Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological - Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances, hearings. These resources become the core of I ~ courqe, P supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior ~ year. Communication Arts/l23 - - - Communication Arts Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375, Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind er speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, II (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 243 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 124/Theater Arts 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 480 Seminar in Communication Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Theater Arts Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. Theater Arts/125 r: B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses : i n movement, cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, a n d 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art. Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r 243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors, a n d a m i n o r i n English. Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions. Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 126/Transdisciplinary Studies 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Women's, Minority Studied127 Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6 courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences { i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses, independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for further details. 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. 232 Blacks in America This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Registers 129 Board of Regents Division for College and University Services 130 Administration 131 Emeriti 132 Faculty Music Hall, newest campus building Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater Commencement Procession wends through Murphy Square i P .,-- . Regents, DCUS/l29 - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James C. Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan ~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~ h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . . Administration President President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson Lowell Brandt College Pastor Carolyn Magnusson Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President ........................................................ ................ A c a d e m l c Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College Rlchard Green Associate Academic Dean Pat Parker John (Jack) A. Hlll Registrar Assistant Registrar Carol Stack Margaret Anderson Head Librarian Cralg Carnahan Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. Director of Audio Visual Services.. ...................................... James Olson Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ................................... Valerle Gealther Mary Olson Recorder ............................................................... Interim Director .......................................................... Tonl Clark Mary A. Klngsley International Studies Program Director International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl ............ ................................................ ........................................................ ...................................................... ................................................... ...................... .............................. F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson Herald Johnson Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services Vlrene Luthl Associate Director, Financial Aid Director of Personnel Bonnle-Jean Mork Chief Accountant Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center Mlldred Nelson Robert Gores Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending Gerald Johnson Director of Plant Services Custodial Supervisor Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor Rob Curtls Grounds Supervisor ..................................................... Fred Wolter Manager, lcae Arena James Carey ...................... ........................................ ............................................. ........................................................ ............................................. .............................. ............................................ ................................................ .................................................. ................................................... D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler A. 8. Batalden Assistant to the Vice President Lols G. Wollan Director of Public Relations.. Janlce Rykken Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs Kay Cady Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information Manager, Graphic Center Therese Nlchols Executive Secretary Irene Steenson ........................................ ......................................... ............................... ........................ ............................................ .................................................. Admlsslons ............................................. Kathryn E. Lange Director of Admissions Assistant Director Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor. Admissions Counselor.. Admissions Counselor.. Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator.. .......................................................... Blll Ross Sue Bonner ...................................... ...............................................Erlc Anderson ................................................ Sally Hough ................................................ Llsa Novotny .......................Charlene Weidenbach Administration, Emeriti/l31 Student Affalrs .............. Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Marlanne Sander Associate Dean of Students Rlck Thonl Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Patrlcla M. Olsson Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm Director of Human Development Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren Area Apartment Manager ............................................ John Augustlne ............................................... ..................... ............... ....................................... Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser Foundation. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~ of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y 01 Minnesota. Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 132/Facu lty Fac uI ~ 01Y as September, 1980 Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach. Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. *Part-time Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan Music School. Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach. David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S., California State University. Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary. John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Colorado. Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 134/Facu lty Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director. Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of Iowa. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., juilliard School of Music. Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan. Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l35 Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., University of Georgia. Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach. Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State University. Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages. Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska. Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University of Kansas. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., University of Minnesota. NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work. Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications. Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University. Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach. William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Facu lty/l37 Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest, Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach. Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University. Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. 139 Communication List for Mail or Telephon 140 Index 141 Academic Calendars F? T... . ; .. ., ! . ..-.."". ... ,.. ....... " -, 138 O l d Main, campus keyslone Hockey is the key attraction at the Ice Center Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran , ' r... , ,',,', .., '.:' Communication List/139 Communications Directory Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries. All have this mailing address: Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 Area Code: 612 President .................................................................330-1212 Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024 Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168 Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001 Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046 Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105 Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036 Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025 Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162 College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107 Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028 Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171 Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations, publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180 Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179 College Center Manager. .................................................. 330-1 109 Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251 Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000 The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance: Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap) Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023) ployment - Em- All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. 140/l ndex Academic Adviser ..................... 77 Academic Enrichment ................. 27 Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38 Academic Policies and Procedures 38-45 Accounting Major ..................... 52 Accreditation ....................... 6, 44 Adapted Physical Education ............ 82 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131 Admissions 9-'1'1 Advanced Placement .................. 42 Advanced Standing 42 American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg 11-11 Application for Financial Aid 15-17 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 31. 36 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Auditing Courses 41 ... ......................... .................... ............. ............. ........ ............... ..................... Black Student Programs ................ 27 Black Student Union 27 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... I29 Board of Regents '129 Books and Supplies .................... 14 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. ..................... ............. Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142 Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Campus Tours ......................... 9 Campus Work 10 Cancellation from College 39 Cancellation of Courses 39 Career Planning and Placement 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3 Certification Programs-Art 34. 47 Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112 Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120 Women's Studies 34. 127 Chemical Dependency Program 36 Chinese 62. 73 Classification ......................... 42 Coaching Endorsement 82 College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26 College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139 College Work Study Program 18 Communications Directory 13!1 Computer Programming (CDI) 36 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) .................... 36 38 Continuing Education Coordinators - Discrimination or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 82 Corrective Therapy 13 Costs 1980-81 C.P.A. Certification 34 ........................ ............. ............... ........ .......... ................ ........ ........................... ................ . ........... ........... ......... ................. .................... ......................... .................... Courses. Majors. Minors Art. Art History .................. 47-49 Biology ......................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics 52-59 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61 East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Education 62-68 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72 Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Health and Physical Education 81-84 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87 International Relations 87 Mathematics/Computer Science 87-90 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 90-92 Metro-Urban Studies Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114 Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Scandinavian Area Studies 115-116 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120 Sociology 120-122 Speech. Communication and Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126 Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Women's and Minority Studies 127 ................. ....................... ..... .............. ... ............. ...... ..................... ...... Dean's List ............................ 42 31 Degrees .............................. Deposits ............................. 14 Directed Study ........................ 43 Dismissal from College ................42 Distribution Requirements ............. 39 Divisions ............................. 32 Driving to Campus ..................... 3 .......................10 .......... 53-55 ........................ 10 Early Admission Early Childhood Education Early Decision Economics ......................... Elementary Education Emeriti Enrollment Evaluation and Grading ............. 56-59 ..............63-65 ..............................131 ...........................14 4n-47 ......................... ................................. Facilities.. 2-3. 7 Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137 Fees 14 ...................... .................. ....... ...................... ..................... Financial Aid 16-23 . 28 Food Service Foreign Study 28. 37 French ............................ 73-75 13 Full-time Student German ........................... Grade Point Average (GPA) Graduation Requirements Graduation with Distinction. Grants Greek ........................... 75-77 ......10. 39. 41 ..........39-40 ...........43 ............................ 17-78 77 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29 Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27 . . . ........ ............ ................... ............ 43 Independent Study . . . . . . . . 26. 44 Intercollegiate Athletics Intercultural Center 27 Inter-Institutional Programs 35 Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112 International Business 53 11. 28 International Students Internship Program 38 26 Intramural Athletics Japanese 62. 77 26 KCMR Radio Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63 ................. .............. .................... ................... .......................... ......................... .................... 27 Learning for Living Library/Audio-Visual 31. 35 Library Science Courses ............. 67-68 Life Science Emphasis 98 40. 82 Lifetime Sports Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78 Loans ................................ 40 Location 2. 3, 6 ............... .................. ..................... .......................... Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) ........................ 33. 39 Management Major 52 52 Marketing Major Memberships .......................... 6 Metro-Urban Studies 91 Term (MUST) M i d d l e School Science Emphasis 99 Minnesota State Work Study Program ............................ 18 Mission Statement ..................... 5 Mortensen Tower 2. 3. 29 26. 97 Music Organizations ................... ...................... ....................... ........................... ................. ............... Numbering of Courses Off-Campus Programs ................45 .................44 Part-Time Students .................... 13 Physical Science Emphasis 98 Payment Plans 15 Policies ............................ 6. 44 Pre-Professional Programs 34. 3 5 Prerequisites 45 42 Probation Program in Global Community 37 .............. ........................ .......... .......................... ............................ ........................ Re-admission o f Former Students 11 Refunds . 15 Registration ....................... 30. 39 Religious Life 25 Residence Life 28.20 Residence Requirement ............... 39 Room Rent 13 ROTC 36 Russian .............................. 79 ........................... ......................... ......................... ..................... ........................... ................................ ........... San Francisco Summer Term 92 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68 SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook 26 Semester or Year Abroad 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104 Smiley's Point Clinic 2R Society of Physics Students ............ '104 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 79-81 Special Interest Houses 29 Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Government 25 Student Life .......................... 25 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37 Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 26 Sudent Rights ......................... 29 Student Services 26-29 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37 Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38 ..... .............. ................... ... ................ .................. .... ................... ....................33 ............................ 9 .........................9. 70 ............................... 13 .....................9. 10 ..................... 2. 3. 29 Teaching Licensure Testscores Transcripts Tuition Tuition Deposit Urness Tower Veterans ............................. 43 Academic Calendar 1980-81 Fall Semester 1981-8z* Sept. 2-3 Sept. 4 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to designate grading option Mid-term break lnterim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 1-2 Sept. 3 Sept. 7 Sept. 17 Sept. 17 Oct. 27 Nov. 10-13 Nov. 17-Dec. 5 Nov. 20 Nov. 27 Dec. 1 Dec. 12 Dec. 15-18 Dec. 29 Sept. 17 1980 1981 September 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 January 6 13 20 21 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 2 3 89101 15 16 11 22 23 24 2 3 4 91011 16 11 18 23 24 25 30 31 November 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 17 18 19 "10 24 25 26 6 13 20 21 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 1 14 21 28 1 8 I5 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 5 12 19 26 Jan. 6 Jan. 23 Jan. 30 Feb. 3 Classes Begin Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 4 11 10 25 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 5 12 19 26 I 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 11 I6 19 ''m?'~ 25 26 Jan. 5 Jan. 22 Jan. 29 Feb. 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 11 I8 19 20 ''1 25 26 21 1 14 21 28 2 3 1 0 l 16 11 23 24 30 4 l I8 25 1 14 21 28 6 I3 20 21 1 14 21 28 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 1 14 21 28 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 4 1 18 25 6 13 20 21 7 14 21 28 I 8 15 22 29 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 I4 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 26 29 30 3 0 11 24 31 October November 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 28 29 30 June 1 8 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 16 11 23 24 30 31 September 6 13 20 27 May Jan. 4 1 9 15 22 29 August 4 5 6 7 1121314 18 19 20 21 25 26 21 28 April 6 13 20 21 Interim Jan. 5 5 12 19 26 March I 8 15 22 29 December 7 14 21 28 3 0 17 24 31 Februarv October Nov. 2 Oct. 26 Nov. 9-12 Nov. 16-Dec. 4 Nov. 19 Nov. 26 Nov. 30 Dec. 11 Dec. 14-17 Dec. 28 July 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 21 28 29 30 December 6 13 20 21 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 Spring Semester Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 M a r . 23-27 April 3 April 17-20 April 24 April 27-May 7 M a y 15 M a y 18-21 M a y 22 M a y 27 M a y 24 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term Break Last day to designate grading option Easter Break Last day to withdraw from a class Pre-registration for Fall Classes end Final Examinations Final grades due Seniors Others Baccalaureate-Commencement 1982 1 Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 (See Easter) I April 2 April 3-13 April 23 April 26-May 6 M a y 14 M a y 17-20 January 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 "1 25 26 27 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 I 4 I1 I8 25 5 12 19 26 July 1 2 6 7 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 Augusl 3 0 17 24 31 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 18 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 5 12 19 26 6 7 8 13 14 20 21 27 28 Februarv 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 2 9 16 23 3 10 17 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 I9 26 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 I4 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 5 6 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 16 17 I 8 19 20 23 24 25 26 21 30 31 April 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 1 0 13 I 4 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 2 1 28 29 30 March M a y 21 M a y 26 M a y 23 4 I1 18 25 5 12 19 26 Summer School J u n e 1-26 J u n e 29-Aug. 7 Term I Term I1 ' *Subject to change AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454 612/330-1000 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 14 I 5 21 22 28 29 6 13 20 27 June 2 3 1 0 1 16 17 23 24 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 September 1 2 3 9 1 0 1 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 1 18 25 October 3 4 5 6 I 0 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 ."J 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 5 16 23 30 November May 2 3 4 5 9 I 0 11 12 16 17 I 8 19 7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26 4 11 I8 25 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 7 8 9 14 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 1 0 1 1 1 16 17 I 6 23 24 25 30 5 6 2 1 3 19 20 26 27 December 4 5 1 1 2 18 19 25 26 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 I 4 20 21 27 28 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 I 6 17 23 24 30 31 4 1 18 25
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n...
Show more THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the r e g u l a r t e nn. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete 35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1. There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one course d u r i n g the period. LISTINGS Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d . OPTIONS June I n t e r i m A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science). An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n . Internships Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 12. Independent o r Directed Study Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study (upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: 1 ) meet departmental requirements 2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study 3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c , procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) . Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled. I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Students Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) . Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term. The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e interim d i r e c t o r . CLASS TIMES The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time. The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l d a y s of the tnterim. meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00. INTERIM CALENDAR November 7-10 Interim Registration December 12 Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m 9:00 a.m. Class I 1:00 p.m. Class I1 January 4 Last day f o r cancelladd January 6 Last day f o r determining grading sys tem January 20 Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s January 27 I n t e r i m ends THIS CATALOG This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e . NEED MORE HELP? Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s e x t e n s i o n 403. AMERICAN STUDIES 08255 AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES IN THE 20TH CENTURY Instructor: Grier Nicholl American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969). -----, A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ; s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings; and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Humanities Time: I1 Room: Gym 24 AMERICAN STUDIES 08377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music. ART 10242/10342 ' FILM-MAKING I FILM-MAKING II Instructor.: -Paul Rusten Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m . Lab f e e o f $70.00 Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: None f o r Film-making I You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11. Humanities I Room: Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l ART 10247 LIFE DRAWING Instructor: Nonnan Holen A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l , and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model fee. Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: A r t Studio 6 ART 10179/10379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and P h i l i p Thompson B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich, Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums, g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g . While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d from t h e f o l l o w i n g : - 1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t ) D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e , crayon, i n k and wash. 4 . Independent Study Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s approval - - - Prerequisites: Distribution: C o s t : $995.00 Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s ) A r t o r Music Also c o u n t s toward a r t major BIOLOGY 20102 PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : D i s tribution: Time: I None Science Room: S c i e n c e 123 BIOLOGY 20491 TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY Instructor: Roberta L a m e r s T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c . I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y , and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n . This course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r t h e b i o l o g y major. Prerequisites: Time: I Junior o r s e n i o r biology major Room: Main 7 BIOLOGY 20183120383 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson Robert ~ e r f o r t h L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena discussed i n class. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s Distribution: Time: I1 Science Room: S c i e n c e 318 and 227 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21140 INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS Instructor: Amin Kader Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n Economics and Business Administration. Prerequisites: Time: None I Room: Science H a l l 320 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255 RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) . Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s . Lab f e e of $30.00. Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Main 23 CHEMISTRY 34 109 CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food, and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living s t a n d a r d s and economics. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science Time: I ~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ECONOMICS 22150 CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY Instructor: S a y t a Gupta I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s . Prerequisites : None D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business Administration. Time: I1 Room: Main 23 EDUCATION 44251145251 FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS (TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS) Instructor: Marie McNeff Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s , t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled. The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s . S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n D r . ~ c ~ e f f home ' s s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m placement. Prerequisites: Time: 11 E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265 Room: D r . McNeff's home EDUCATION 44375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Instructor: Lauretta Pelton T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e . Time: I1 Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~ EDUCATION 45483 STUDENT TEACHING Ins tructor : E i n a r Johnson S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. Student teaching fee: $15.00 P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g . S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December t o a r r a n g e f o r placement. ENGLISH 54220 FREE-LANCE WRITING Instructor: David Wood E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . Prerequisites : Time: I Advanced Composition Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54217 THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS Instructor: John M i t c h e l l How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot be t a u g h t , the of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry, f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included. S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54230 MODERN WOMEN WRITERS I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin, S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny. Prerequisiteb: Distributibn: / Time: None Humanities I' Room: Main 7 ENGLISH 5436 2 CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen, on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop. The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s ' c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e English Department by November 1. Time: I1 Room: 212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas ENGLISH 54437 SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY Instructor: Richard Sargent We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare, w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family. A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n , however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology, and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the theme of t h e family. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Humanities Room: Main 2 ENGLISH 54445 POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS FOR DISCUSSION I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e interim session. Prerequisites: J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Main 22 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245 THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY A S REFLECTED LITERATURE Instructor: William Oyler These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German, b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l , s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a minor i n German. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Main 2 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70453 LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE (THE FRENCH SHORT STORY) Instructor: Ruth Aaskov The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f Francophone l i t e r a t u r e . Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g , d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French. P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Time: Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r ) Room: Main 4 I1 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 76312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Instructor: Gunta R o z e n t a l s Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand them. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y , s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar. Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I 311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor) Room: Main 4 HISTORY 56136 OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE INTHE ANCIENT WORLD I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s , b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None History ROO^: Main 18 HISTORY 56495 SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE Instructor: Carl Chrislock An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed f o r travel. Prerequisites : Time: I Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Room: L i b r a r y 201 HISTORY 56382 AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE -CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t . Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c . HISTORY 56215 WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS ESTHETIC TRADITION I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t - Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n a P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: History Time: Summer S e s s i o n I INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325 LOOKING AT THE FUTURE Instructor: Sheldon F a r d i g Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g. c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r . Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s : Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s . Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Library 4 LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361 TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Instructor: Grace S u l e r u d W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view. S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose i n consultation with the instructor. Prerequisites : Time : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Room: I Main 8 MATHEMATICS 61136 AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN MODERN COSMIC MODELS I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas. New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology, g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s . Prerequisties : Distribution: Time: I None N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 212 MATHEMATICS 61130 SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important ( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view. Prerequisites: Distribution: Tim: I Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical prerequisites Natural Science and Mathematics Room: Main 27 MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2 THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS Instructor: Bev Durkee Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c Concepts o f Mathematics. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: Science H a l l 320 INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips". T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a micro-processor. The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s , i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors: ( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i ) programming t e c h n i q u e s . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with d i g i t a l "chips". P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5 MUSIC 82115 PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company, i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities. Prerequisites: An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs Distribution: Time: I Room: Music 10 MUSIC 82377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ; a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop; Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ; The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s . Prerequisites : Time: None I Ro-om: Olivet Hall MUSIC 82179182379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t . MUSIC 82110 MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy majors. $10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps ove rnigh t - . ( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy). Prerequisites : Time: None Summer, Term I MUSIC 82119182319 JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME Instructor: James D. Johnson I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m . A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper division credit. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Music Auditorium NURSING 8 1320 TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e , Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I Admission t o Augsburg nursing program o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . None Room: Main 19 NURSING 81322 TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S. Prerequisites : Cost: $895.00 Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership i n Nursing. Consent of i n s t r u c t o r PHILOSOPHY 83135 TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION : OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t , w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s thought. It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . l i e f l y , we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: None Hurnani t i e s I1 Room: Main 25 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 MODERN DANCE I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e necessary. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Time : I1 Room: Melby Gym PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n c l a s s room and community. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . Time: Room: Gym 1 2 I PHYSICS 84150 SCIENCE AND SOCIETY -- THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP? I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today, r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed, r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement Room: L i b r a r y 1 PHYSICS 84105 N =R F F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR P E L I E EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE Instructor: Dan P e t e r s o n Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n . I n t h i s course, we w i l l e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e . Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Natural Science Room: Science H a l l 22 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85228 o r 85428 POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example, the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e , e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s , a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics. F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e . Distribution: Time: P o l i t i c a l Science I Room: A r t S t u d i o POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y , both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t . S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s . Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA Instructor: Milda Hedblom Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s . Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o overseas programming, e t c . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Cost: Approximately $995.00 PSYCHOLOGY 86372 READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop. Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m . Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development. Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych) Time: I Room: Main 28 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology. RELIGION 87328 THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS Instructor : John Benson An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and basketball. The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker (homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r (homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r , R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss, Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.) T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . Some o f t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n . S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . " Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l permission Religion Room: Main 1 9 RELIGION 87375 - ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN Instructor: P h i l i p Quanbeck Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography. A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n Jordan. Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites : Distribution: Cost: One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e Religion $1,100.00 RELIGION 87377 CULTS: OLD AND NEW Instructor: Douglas O l l i l a An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined. Prerequisites: Distribution: I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s Religion Time: I1 Room: Science H a l l 22 SOCIOLOGY 94241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Instructor: J e r r y Gerasimo An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt', a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None S o c i a l Science Room: Science 212 SOCIOLOGY 941 21 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Instructor: Garry Hesser Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s each of which provides an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s being learned. -- Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: 11' None S o c i a l Science Room : Main 28 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science. SOCIAL WORK 95257 PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Doug P e r r y Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency? T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and supportive academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum. This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements Prerequisites : Time : None I Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium SOCIAL WORK 95457 SOCIAL POLICY I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Nagwa F a r a g S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom? F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ? Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s , readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s t h e U.S. and abroad. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r . r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s ~ o o m : Main 25 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285 STORY THEATER: PREPARATION AND PERFORMANCE Instructor: A i l e n e Cole Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l a s p e c t s of the production the play, scenery, l i g h t s , costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s . strike Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f t h e term. - - None Prerequisites : Distribution: Humanities + performance Time: 9:30-12 and 1-3 Room: Theater auditorium times SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way on performance. e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I A beginning c o u r s e i n speech high school o r college - Humanities Room: Library 1 either SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98329 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION & THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE Instructor: J o e l Mugge Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal, and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s . Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y possible. Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e urbanmonastic as well community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e . A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop, s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l paper w i l l be required. - Prerequisites: Grading: Pass/No c r e d i t only Distribution: Cost: None Humanities $495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n - ST. OLAF INTERNATIONAL INTERIMS The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1. 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark, Norway, Sweden) Mediterranean Culture (Greece) I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d ) French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s ) Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany) T h e a t e r i n London Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London) Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France, Ne t h e r l a n d ) a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y ) Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain) Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America (Mexico) I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan) Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l elations (Hawaii) COURSES These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College. 55106 SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS ENCOUNTER Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58210 RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER ENVIRONMENT Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58208 58212 OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS ENGINEERING MECHANICS Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e . 10163 BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING 10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH Weavers Guild o f Minnesota Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7) S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104 10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. . e .. Interims Abroad, January,1978 Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col 3rograms in Europe Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00 Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich, Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg. While all partici Ants will be required to study both music and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the following: I . Music History and Appreciation - Journal and/or re.. search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper 3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite, crayon, - . ink and wash. . 4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval Counts toward art major only. Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music). Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s) Enrollment: 35 Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf Cost: $1,050.00 Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism. Counts toward art or Norwegian major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0). Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required. Enrollment: 20 Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture Richard Olson, St. Olaf Cost: $995 -00 Thc civilizntio~~ ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns. klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu, ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1 the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical sites. Counts toward Classics or History Major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required. Enrollment: 25 English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf Cost: $925.00 Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily ll lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday ~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area i l ~ ~ . o l iday ~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4 d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick. r. Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit, O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice. Counts toward English major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Enrollment: 20 French IIIa: French Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Paris Herve Pensec, St. Olaf For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy . uf ilcnls of iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol' s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind is ltic h~ir hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French life. Counts toward French major. lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun requirement (Area A). Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-. t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C . ~~: German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~ wuyY C of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay ~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen ~ w l ~ i c thuve ~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations. In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~ in Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at- tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all times. Each student is required to keep a journal. Counts toward German major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51 Grflding: Pass No Credit only. Enrollmrnr: 26 Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London Ronald Lee, St. Olaf Cost: $895.00 Study of drama through attendance a t performances. More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London, Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls. Counts toward English or speech major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Grading: Pass No Credit only. Enrollment: 2 l Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe Allen Hanson, St. Olaf Cost: $975.00 Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl nd ThO Dmrtdws M w in~ rnuqcums i n wmM Mynda FEB~~IFW techfinlo p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w Iwtit~iastml~ are h b # t i tifife m. 1 rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a* tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~ London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt from a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history. Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab) Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of Instructor Enrollment 25 m 4 Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian Leif Hansen, Augsburg Cost: $1,050.00 A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn ~ lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall. Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6 days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which students will have an opportunity to find out how much they have learned of the Norwegian language. Fulfills distribution requirement. Enrollment: 20 Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized Health Care Systems $895'00 Pamela Larson, Augsburg An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S. Counts toward nursing major Political Science I ~ c : Comparative Legal Systems G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great ~ ~ i ~civil~ law i ~systems ) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and F ~ ~and~ the~operation ~ ) of , the international legal system (the world court in -l-he H ~ ~ students ~ ~ will ) . both meet systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems ~n operation. Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C). Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a short reading list. Enrollment: 15 Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway: Mutual Impact Cost: $1,050.00 Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of N~~~~ convcr5elv, of~orwcgian political erspectives irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the tics of oil from varying a small ex er ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc: ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state. be shared with the group arrangements the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~. 'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas. dents will See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion n for itinerary and family stay plans, counts towardpolitical science major, ~ u l f i l ~distribution s tcclurremonr. Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n c.rcrlit possible. - one political science course. Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion Program in the Middle East Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00 Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography. Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel. Frnu ,,ill live primllrllj in J ~ T-hcrcaill ~ leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~ ~ ~ ~,.isits~ t. o s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol l ;lnd nluscl,nn, Tivu [rips I'rur~~ Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc 1, ,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,, ~ ~ ~ ~1,lumr, ~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild , , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd . r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs i :is As'liod. Uccr Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the interim, Counts toward religion major. Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion). Prerequisite: One religion course w;lrki,ll: ,,,,, Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D. Cost: $925.00 Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf A study designed to makeChristian history comealive through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites, monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages. Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa. Counts toward rel~gionmajor. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history Enrollment: 35 Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Madrid L~~~ N ~st.olaf~ ~ ~ ~ Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater. ) perience, , Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services. Students will keep a journal in Spanish. Counts towardSpanish major. Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A). Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-. Grading: Pass/No Credit only. Enrollment: 15 ~ , ., ,,, ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ , , rograms in Mexico Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development: Dynamics of Christian Social Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf Cost: $350.00 plus lransporlalion 'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~ u \vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca, the crafts city o f Taxco, etc. Counts toward religion major. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Freshman religion Enrollment: 12 Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish Cost: $450.00 in Cuernavaca, Mexico plus lransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors, a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11. ~ci~ guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc il skills [I; thc upper. intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii i ~ :{lid ~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing. Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32 Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in Cost: $450.00 Cuernavaca, Mexico plus fransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc h at (1icuilv;inccd lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor llic Cucrnrivac~~ l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn. S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd e lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl. Counts toward Spanish major. Prerequisite: S anish 51 Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil o only Program in Taiwan Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural Communication and the Quest for Global Justice Cost: $495.00 includes rransporlation Joel Mugge, Augsburg Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan Cost: $995.00 round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII ~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l lo Mcvicir will hc hg bus lrllin, Mrxjvc> Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri] iil. lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across w l ~ i c ll~cvr. l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field ~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc barriers that block effective communication can be broken trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and cx:lnlilll. the plllilical ccoll. eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time (loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill at the Ocean i n villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc], I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica. pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S, Elnr)h;isis Will lIC Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3 National Palace Museum. ~~cspo~isihililirs fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I Counts loward religion major. jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy Fulrills general requirement. ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~ t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr, several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl. Counts toward major. Fulfills distribution requirement. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollmenl: 15 ~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman : Program in Hawaii Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian Intercultural Relations Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ Cost: $975.00 A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic familiarity with the American component and the course will therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and course p r o j c c ~ lours , a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines, schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living laboratory o f intercultural relations. Counts toward Asian sludies major Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollment: 25
Show less
Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Title
Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below. FRESHlYIAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. . ................ .Z Basic Bible Fi-eshrnan English .3 Natural Science ........--.-3 Typewriting ............... .I Physical Activities '5 Foreign Language ......... . 4 Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3 ......... ......... I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 'h 4 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Chzrrch History .-2 Speech 11 ................ ..2 3 Speech 12 ..................3 Foreign Language .3 General Psychology .3 3 Fine Arts ...................1 First Aid ..............-.... Natural Science ........... .3 2 Speech 16 ................. .Electives .................... 3 3 ........... ......... ....... - SENIOR JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 T h e Missionary Enterprise . Principles of Christian Education ................ .2 2 T h e Christian Churches T h e Lutheran Church ..... .% Social Psychology or Urban Sociology ................ .3 Acting 3 Crafts 2 Elementary Shorthand .... .3 3 Recreational Activities ..... 1 Electives .................. .6 4 .- ...- - I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2 Educational Psychology ... .3 H y m n s and Music o f t h e Church .................. .2 Journalistic Writing .. .: ... 2 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3 Secretarial Practice .........3 Electives .................. .8 6 - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature, French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. Cr. .2 Religion 1, 2 ............. English 1, 2 .............. . 3 History or Sociology ..... 3 Foreign Language .4 'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4 Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$ ....... .JUNIOR Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 or 4 2 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. .2 Foreign Language .3 Psychology .Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4 Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ............... Cr. 2 3 3 - 3 6 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Religion ................... Education 71. 72 .......... .3 Education 73. 74 -1 Speech .................... Electives in Major or Minor ................ 10 ........ - Cr. 3 3 1 I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Education 76 .............. Education 78 .............. 3 Special Methods ......... .4 Education 97 ............. .4-5 Literature or Philosophy . . 3 Electives in Major or Minor ..................... 7 -- - Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits: foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental appreval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 2 2 3 Freshman English ......... .3 Western Civilization .3 3 Modern Foreign Language 4 4 Physical Science ....... .3 or 4 3 or 4 (Selected from Physics 3, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, 6. 32) Physical Activities ........ Yi 'h ...... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Literature .................. 3 Child Psychology .......... .2 Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,.. Methods & Materials of the c&I ~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl r~ culum (Music, Science & Health. Art, Mathematics. Physical Education) ... .3 Observation of Teaching . .I Electives .6 - .................. 2 SOPHOMORE ISm. Cr. Sem. Cr. - 3 2 Religion ................... .2 General Biology ...........9 Speech ..................... General Psychology ....... . 3 Geography ................. U. S. History .............. .3 Modem Foreign Language ..3 Health .................... . 2 .- SENIOR ' a 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Religion ................... Observation of Teaching . I Teaching of Reading ...... .3 Seminar in Teaching ....... Directed Teachine ......... Children's ite era cure .......3 Methods & Materials of the Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies & Language Arts) ......... . 3 Government ............... . 3 Electives ....................2 Cr. . - VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. 88 / Curriculums FRESHMAN .. .............. 2 I Sem Cr Religion 1. 2 Physical Education ........ J'2 English ..................... 3 Sociology ................... 3 Biology 1-2. or 4 or 13-14' I1 Sem. Cr 2 . Yz 3 . Religion 3 4 ............... Psychology Foreign Language Physics ..................... Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or I Sem . I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 4 4 3 . .................. .......... 5. 32 ..................... 4 .................. 0 4 ........ ........................- Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development .......... Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3 Art in Daily Living 3 Nutrition Clothing Selection ......... 3 Clothing Construction JUNIOR SOPHOMORE . I Sem Cr . Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3 Speech S Economics ............. , Color and Design .......... - 3 Home Planning & Furnishing ........................ Family Health ............. 2 Textiles ..................... Z Educational Psychology ....3 Teaching i n Sec. Schools . Group Activity ............ .I .... IISem . Cr . 2 3 2 - - 3 -- .- - 3 1 SENIOR .. .................... 2 I Sem Cr Religion Literature Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2 Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9 Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2 Home Management Lab .....2 Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2 .. I1 Sem Cr 2 3 4 2 3 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements . CHEMISTRY The following couise of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry . Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences and the second year of a foreign language . FRESHMAN .. . I Sem. II Sem Cr Cr . Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5 Religion 1. 2 ................ 2 English 1. 2 ................ 3 History or Sociology 3 Physical Education 3 4 .... % ......... 4 5 . 2 3 3 I/, JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Ct. Cr 4 Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4 . ............... Chemistry 82 Chemistry 84 ................ Chemistry 93 11 German 1-2 ................ 4 Mathematics 61 .a Physics ...................... Religion ..................... Fine Arts .................. 3 .............. ........... . SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem . Cr . Cr ............ 4 4 5 4 2 2 4 ..- SENIOR . ........5 Chemistry 53. 54 Mathematics 51. 52 Physics 5. 6 ................ Religion 3. 4 .............. Speech ..................... Literature or Philosophy 2 3 . I Sem. I1 Sem . . Pr Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3 ~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1 Chemistry 90 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m . Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O ................... 2 Religion French 1-2 ................. 4 Physics ..................... 4 ................ . .. Cr 1 3 4 Arr . 0 2 4 . *Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng special training in dietetics . Curriculums / 89 BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Freshman English .......... 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 History or Sociology .3 Introduction to Business .. 3 Physical Education ........ % Natural Science ........... .- 2 3 Religion Foreign Principles of Economics ....3 Principles of Accounting . 3 Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3 Speech ................... - 2 Sent. Cr. 2 3 . ...... JUNIOR ISem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Psychology ................. 3 Business Law ............ . 3 Public Finance or Money and Banking ........... . 3 Corporation Finance or Marketing ................... 3 Electives .........,......... 7 7 - - - I Sem. Cr. .................... 2 Language ........ . 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3 Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3 Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3 Industrial Management or Labor-Management Rela3 tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. .... 3 Electives ................10 or 11 7 - - Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History, Speech, English, College Algebra. LAW Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is required, but the student should select a broad program including courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below: FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Foreign Language ........ .4 4 History 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Natural Science ........... .4 4 Physical Education 3, 4 ....H % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr, Cr. Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2 2 English Literature .J 3 Foreign Language .B 3 Health ..................... . 2 Logic ..................... . 3 Social Science ............ .3 3 Natural Science ........... . 4 4 ........ ........ SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community 90 / Curriculums organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools oE social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all such students. FRESHMAN Religion English Hktory Foreign .............. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .2 .3 .3 Language .4 1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3 Sociel R o b I m s Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h 1, 2 1, 2 1. 2 .............. ............... ........ ......... JUNIOR 2 3 3 4 - 3 lh I S m . IISem. Gr. Religion ................... . 3 Principles of Economics .3 Fields of Social Work ..... . 3 Criminology ............... . 3 Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech Electives ................ - 6 . Cr. -3 -3 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2 American Government .3 Natural Science ........... . 3 Psychology .................3 Statistics .................... Rural Sociology ........... 3 Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3 ... - SENIOR 2 3 3 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Introduction to Methods o f Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3 Abnormal Psychology ...... History of Philosophy ... . 3 Electives in Upper Division Courses ..................10 - 3 3 3 3 4 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN J S m . LISm. CT. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2 English 1, 2 ................3 Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 .... History or Sociology ..... .3 Foreign Language ........ .4 Physical Education 3, 4 '6 + .... 2 3 4 3 4 'h JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .2 2 Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4 0-4 Biology 13-14 ............ .4 4 Fine Arts ..................3 Foreign Language .3 3 Electives .................. .3 ............. ......... SENIOR I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Bacteriology Literature or Philosophy .. . 3 Chemistry 61 .............. 4 S ~ e e c h ..................... Social Science ............ . 3 Electives .................... 4 - 3 4 2 3 5 Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........ 32 Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have or more years of c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing. Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend. ut least one year of college. En many instances two FRESHMAN I Sem. II,Sem, Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Z Freshman English .3 General Zoology ......... .4 Health .................... .1 Sociology ................. . 3 Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5 Electives ................... .2 2 3 ........ 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Relieion ................... Cr. .2 or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3 ................ Psychology -3 C h ~ l d Care ,............... Gcneral Chand Qualitative Analpsf< .4 Phi,s~ral ducati in; .2 Fjrst Aid .................. . - Cr. 2 3 2 ... E!ectircs ....... - ................... .Z Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School 01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota. FIRST Y E A R I Sem. Biology 3 .......................... Biology 7 ......................... Chemistry 3 ........................ Psychology 7 ....................... CT. 4 ., 3 3 2 SECOND YEAR I Sem. CT. Sociology 5 ......................... 2 Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to these hospitals. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering, and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. V . L FRESHMAN I Sem II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............... .2 2 English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3 3 Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5 5 Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S 3 Physics 5, 6 4 Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5 ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 Mathematics 51, 52 .5 Physics 52 ................. Physics 53 -3 Chemistry 15, IS ......... Social Science ... , .........3 ....... - ................. 2 5 3 .+ Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. C r. --. .2 Religion ................. English 1, 2 .............. .a Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4 Mathematics 13, 14 .5 Electives .................. .3 ....... SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion ................... Zoology Chemistry 52, 81 Physics 5, 6 ............... Electives .2 .................... ............ 44 Cr. 2 4 .4 .................. .a MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 .2 Religion 1, 2 3 English 1. 2 ............... . 3 #emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4 Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5 Physical Education 3, 4 ....% History or Social Science . . 3 ............ JUNIOR SOPHOMORE C*. - Cr. 2 4 ......... SENIOR I S e n . II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 3 Social Science or Historv . . 3 German ....................3 Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4 Physics 5, 6 ...............4 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 r Sem. rr Scm. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 German ....................Q Biology 13, 14 ............ .4 Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54 .4 Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2 I s m . 11 Sem. cr. Religion ................... . 3 Social Science ............. Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4 Electives .................. - 9 - Cr. Curriculums / 93 SECRETARIAL WORK The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. ?I student ~ h has o had simila~cowses in high school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ . FIRST YXAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ................... .3 Freshman Enalish ........ 3 3 Elementary ~fpewriting . . I Intermediate Typewriting ..2 Introduction to Business . . 3 Office Machines ........... *2 Elementary Shorthand ... - 3 3 Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4 I42 Electives ................... 5 5 SECOND YEAR I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ...................-2 2 Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting -2 2 Advanced Shorthand ..... .2 3 Principles of Accounting ...3 3 Secretarial Practice ........ Psychology ................ .3 5 Electives .................... 5 ... - Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world. Augsburg Theological Seminary INTRODUCTORY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the Holy Spirit. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following : P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p . 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. years P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year Germs, or Latin, or Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5 SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES IN ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as many as possible of the folIowing: English Speech Psycholog ..History -.-....LL-----.L---. Youth Work Natural Science -. Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education .. Typewriting 1 . - .-1 - 2 years 1 year year 2 years 1 semester 1 year 1 year year When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew be taken in the senior year of college. All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING S ~ E N TARE S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Aupburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES SEMINARY STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is papabk a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. 96 / Augshrg Theological Seminary EMPLOYMENT THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEMINARY INTERNSHIP IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary / 97 The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: 1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. 5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis. Courses of Study' THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE Junior Year I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical origin of the Biblical writings. z Cr. OLD TESTAMENT A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, 9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS. with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old Testament. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the 3 Cr. historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual freedom. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE. Place of the Psalms in the worship I . of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.) 3 Cr. "With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99 16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr. 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS. A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the 2, z Cr. Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) I Cr. NEW TESTAMENT 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. 22. INTRODUCTION m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.) 23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.) 24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.) zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes 3 Cr. which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.) 26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 3 Cr. 1960-61.) 1-12. roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary 01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to 27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 28. INTERPRETATIONS OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. 2 Cr. (Offered 1961-62.) CHURCH HlSTORY MR. SONNACK 40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins 2 Cr. with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.) 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr. Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.) This course covers the period 43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.) AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr, is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.) 44. 45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr. CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY MR. OLSON OF THEOLOGY. An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLES methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the 2 Cr. Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.) A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.) AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 2 Cr. 1961-62.) CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications ~ 4 55. , of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr. A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given 56. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study SYMBOLICS 57. COMPARATIVE of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings 2 Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.) 58. THE THEOLOGICAL ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT REFORMATION. The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 102 / A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U basis for the Christian ministry, the call and of Ehe pastor, hia public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) 2 0. 61. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.A course dealing with the dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) I Cr. 62. CLINICALPASTORAL TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) 63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given 2 Cr. to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.) 6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation 2 Cr. and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers 2 Cr. are studied. Seniors. C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103 CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION. A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.) I Cr. 71. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation I Cr. to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.) HYMNOLOGY. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.) I Cr. 74. D. Christian Education and Sociology Studies in the application of basic 76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION. principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. THE CHURCH A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled. z Cr. 77. Emphasis upon preparation and practice in delivery of sermons is included in the homilectics course for Seminary Middlers. Personnel THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Oficers of the Board THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President . MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary . MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Term Expires in 1960 MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Term Expires in 1961 The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church Austin, Minnesota MR. L. S. HARBO, Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota Term Expires in 1962 MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota Insurance Term Expires in 1963 The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota MR. HERBERT Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company Term Expires in 1964 The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota Personnel / r 05 MR. JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company ddvisory Mern bers The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . PAUL G. SONNACK. . , . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty MELVIN A. HELLAND .........- .Secretary of the Theological Faculty Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60 AGNESB. TANG JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian . CARL R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing FRIEDELVINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer S. V . HJELMELAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias; Manager of Musical Organizations IRVING HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian MARCELLUSJOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs. Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs. Ruth Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn Petersen and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub; Printing and Mailing-Valborg Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson. Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and Mrs. James Glasoe. Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C. Engen. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960 Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen. Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick. Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins. Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci, Holum. Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel. Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg. Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng. Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn. Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members also included in this committee.) Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.) R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre. Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson. Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959. IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945. PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and Religion; College Chaplain A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957. PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion (on leave). A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60. For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty listing. Io8 / Personnel DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M., Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. LAWRENCE M. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At . A u g k g since '955. AUGSBURG COLLEGE COURTLAND L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. L n a MAE ANDEREGG, M.A., Instructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. ALBERTB. ANDERSON, A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956. At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60). ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basbtball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Personnel / 109 A.B., Dean of Students PETERH. ARMACOST, A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, ~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary, Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1954. LRL H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954. Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. GRACIACHRISTENSEN, A.M., instructor in English A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College, Study: University of Chicago. I 93 1. Additional Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin MARIOCOLACCI, Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49. At Augsburg since 1952. AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. I Io / Personnel IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19; Iowa State Teachers College, 1919-21; Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30; University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5. JACK FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1948. A t Augsburg since 1955. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3. DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954. ORLOUEGISSELQUIST, A.M., Instr~~cbor in,History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. W~LMM H. HALVERSON, Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959. ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss Administration A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I. Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5 2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assistant A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since Professor of Psychology 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, 1953. Personnel / III THEODORE J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching: Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar Augsburg since 1976. MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music, I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g . MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business Administrotion A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona! Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry JOHN R. HOLUM, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. I I2 / Personnel EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8. KARLLN, ROBERT B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955. MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges AB., Voss S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I3 CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota. Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957. BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957. GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg Teaching: High Morris, 1945-47; 49. A t Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950. ERWIND. MICKELBERG, A.B., Instructor in Anatomy A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6. F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching: Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At Augsburg since I 9 59. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. I I4 / Personnel CATHERINE NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching: Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957. NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t Augsburg since I 95 8. IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948 KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5. HOWARD E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 6. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946. KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7 Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. Personnel / II5 OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D., ,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50; University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc, I ~ J Z - T ~A . t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 . MARTINQUANBECK, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-. At Augsburg since 1958. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946. A. MAYOSAVOLD, A.B., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since R u m SEGOLSON, M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At Augsburg since I 944. GEORGESOBERG, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. I I6 / Personnel R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957. ROBERTC. STENSTROM, M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8. MERTONP. STROMMEN, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since (Xu H. SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8. Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959. GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I7 VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947. ADELEF. TURRITTIN, B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958. B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion HAROLDTOLLEFSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study: University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg since 1959. HELENULVESTAD, B.A., Instructor in Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English (Deceased, October 29, 1959) A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz. MANIVALD ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (Deceased, November I , 19 5 8) Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58. I I8 / Personnel ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-. OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59. WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957. Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59. DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN, B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59. LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9. JOHN V. HALVORSON, C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59. Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59. WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59. BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59. Personnel / I 19 GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota. Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59. MARYBELLE RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver, 1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59. PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59. DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. SHELDONL. TORGERSON, B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup., Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar, 1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59. A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN, A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46. Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and 1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59. ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t Augsburg 1958-59. Graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958 WITH THE Almquist, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, DEGREE OF BACHELC IR ......... ....... James Arnold .Spicer Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis Eugene M. .Minneapolis Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis. Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson Minneapolis b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b Berge. Gerald P. .Minneapolis Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk, Bergtnm. R o w G. ..WinneupolLs Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph San Francisco, Calif. Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis .Wyoming Bullock, Richard W. Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis .......... ...... ........ ........ Minneapolis Carlson. Roger Alvin .Nopeming Cherne, John Edward Christenson, Erwin William Portefield, Wis. ....... Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis. Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa Dodds, Donald Jack .Minneapolis Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak. Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby ........ Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis OF ARTS Johnson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Johnson, Betty J. ..........Minneapolis C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis Wayne Charles St. Paul ........ Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak. ............Minneapolis ............Minneapolis Lindell, Alice M. Lindell, John L. Lundquist, Elyce Ellen ..........Buffalo Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa Miskowiec, John Jr. .JTinn@apo?is Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ? ...... Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis. Niederloh. Janet M. Chetek, Wis. ....... Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla. Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis. Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis Olson, Richard Carl Minneapolis Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis ........ Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield ~ Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis Gllmme. Hugh Mfnnea?wI% Schulz. Davlci W. .Minneapolis Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul G r t q . Bonita Mad IZemderaan Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y. Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr. Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre Minneauolis Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont. Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine Duluth Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls Thompson, Norman Ephriam Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis Leonard, N. Dak. Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis. Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis Hovland, Anna Jane Mora Welch, Robert M. .Minneapolis West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis .............. ........... ......... ...... ............. ......... . Graduates / 1 2I AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959 W I THE ~ DEGREE OF BACHELOROF ARTS Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me. Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville Andersen. Sara Jane Robbinsdale Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis ...... ..... .Lamberton Batalden, Charlotte D. Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis. Wanmka Berg, John Allen Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale .Lakefield Berkness, Vernon Orville Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth Northpod, N.Y. Lamberton Burreson, Dennis Basil Byhre, Mary H. .Minneapolis ............ .... ...... ............. Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis Christensen, Paul James "Stewart Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis. . ..... Doren, Mary Mathilda ..........St. Eldridge, Patricia Darlene Fall, Ronald David Fering, Charles A. Paul ........Shafer .............. Ivanhoe Lambe~ton ........... Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton Grahn, Dale E. .Minneapolis Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis Grant, Gaylord 0. ..Minneapolis .Minneapolis Green, Richard Reginald Grill. Keith E. .Caruthers. Calif. Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis. Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis ........... ........ .. ....... Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis Hawks, Franklin D. Willmar Heggem. Kenneth Clark .Minneapolis Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis Hemingway, G. Jerome .Minneapolis Hill, Rodney Elmer Cokato .Spring Vallql, Wis. Hojem, Ruth E. Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis .Minneapolis Home, Harry James Hulbert, Elsbeth M. New York, N.Y. ... ............ ... ... ............ ....... .... Jacobson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich. Corrine Joann ......Northf eld Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis .Savage William Douglas ..... Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash. Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis. Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm ....... Kambak, Harold M. .Minneapolis Kim, Ock Hyung . - .......... Seoul. Korea Kopka. Heinrich Pine River Kopp, Wilbur E. .Minneapolis Kvamme, Ardella E. .Minneapolis ............. ......... ..... Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A. Minneapolis Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale Lyngdal, John Walter .Duluth ........... Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis Martinsen. John Phillip Menominie, Mich. Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis Matheson, Donald W. .Minneapolis Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis Moen. Thomas Harold .Minneapolis Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa ...... .... Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield .... Olsen, Willard L. Watertown, S.D. Olson, Donald C. .Minneapolis Olson, Douglas 0. .Minneapolis Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls Overby, Richard N. ............Mound ......... ......... Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis Pearson, Vivian K. Skor .Minneapolis Peterson, Eugene S. .Jackson Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis Pulkrabek, Carol Rose .St. Paul Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis .. .......... ....... Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis Quanbeck, Norman J. Bertha .......... Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight ..Minneapolis .............. Ashby .... ..Minneapolis Ringstad, David J. Romo, Luther Edward Sabo, Martin Olav ........Alkabo, N.D. ..... Sallen, Donald Arthur .Minneapolis Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan .Minneapolis Sletten. Richard Glenn Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis ........Minneapolis Solomon, Morton B. Strand, Theodore Hagen Svanoe, Rennard Gale ....Minneapolis .... .Minneapolis .......... Thorson, Dale B. .Minneapolis Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson ..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis. , Twiton, Mary Ann Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis West, Stuart E. Cla~kjield Willmar Westphal, Carolyn J. .. ............... ........... ..... Zielke, Carolyn Margaret ..Minneapolis AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958 WITH T H E DEGREE OF BACHELOROF THEOLOGY Gusdal, Delmar M. Erickson, Manitoba, Canada Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak. .Madela Nelson, Philip A. ............. Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn. .Hoffman Shiell, Wendell C. Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn. Steinbrecher, Wayne G. .Long Siding ........... ... AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959 Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn. Evavold, Charles A. .Battle Lake Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England Nevin, LeRoy E. .Cumberland, Wk. ....... ..... Anderson Kenneth L. Anderson, Norman E. Hagestuen, Richard M. Swenson, Jasper .......Owatonna .......Lamberton ....... . S b b u c k .............Rendricks Enrollment Summary STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959 College Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . _ Junior .................. Sophomore ............ Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . . Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) ......... Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) .... TV Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total First Semester Men Women Total 83 107 117 191 32 30 45 68 167 11 37 32 113 152 185 358 43 37 32 46 99 14 12 46 2 1 - . . . . . . . . . . ., 533 99 12 11 Second Semester Men Women Total 78 109 113 175 32 29 46 64 153 14 107 155 177 328 46 A 558 TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959 Claw Men 85 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students- (only) .......... 2 N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 . Women Total 31 48 73 168 18 37 32 46 99 13 11 116 167 195 379 60 37 32 46 . 99 15 12 576 THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959 Semester I Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................. .6 7 9 1 Semester II Men 6 7 9 Total Men 6 7 9 - . 1 . 23 22 n TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Total - ............................. Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - Total 23 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . 1175 2 . STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Class Men Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . 2 36 44 89 171 13 42 29 45 95 21 127 144 203 436 50 42 29 45 95 29 - 615 585 1200 . . Total , ............ Second Semester Total Men Women 36 122 86 43 145 102 85 199 114 164 412 248 13 52 39 First Semester Women Total . TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961) Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . . Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . Women 36 44 90 176 18 42 29 45 95 26 . 601 Enrollment Summary / I2 5 THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960 Semester I Men 7 Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - Total .................... Semester II Men 7 7 11 1 Total Men 7 8 11 2 . . 26 28 28 TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 . - Total .......................... , ........ 1266 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 0 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 28 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . 1294 3 . SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Seminary Total ..................................... 679 College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320 Graduates-1870-1957 Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Total ................................... 2538 3217 Index Page Academic Administration .......... " 3 5 Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7 Page Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Education. elementary .......... .65. 87 .......................6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 !.3 Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95 Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9 Alumni Association. The ............. 11 Archives. The ...................... 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71 Athletics .......................... 32 Attendance. Chapel ................ 23 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95 Audio-visual Education ............. 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86 Electives .......................... 41 Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?, 96 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91 Accreditation Administration Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89 Business Administration and Economics .69 Calendar Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39 Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95 Faculty. The ............... Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . Financial Information . . . . . . . . Finonciol Support and Control Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Education Requirements . . . . . .40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100 ............ Classification of Students 37 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06 Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96 Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41. Curriculums 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline 49 ..................... -37 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88 Degrees ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Cancellation Credits English. Department of Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35 ........ 97 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28 Distinction. Degree with ............. 41 ............. 43 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53 Divisional Organization General Information Geography Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Grants-in-aid Greek, New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Health and Physicol Education ....... 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86 Health Service Historical Sketch ................... 7 .............. 6 0 History. Department of Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41 Homiletics Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Housing .......................... 26 Humanities. Division of the ..........48 Index / Page Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Journalism Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . . 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 . Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Latin Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 I 27 Page 19 ............ ........................ Prizes. Scholarships and Probation Psychology 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 ....................... 3 0 ........................... 8 ........................... 26 Publications Purposes Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28, ........................... Recreation Refunds Registration Registration, 32 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36 Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7 Religion ond Philosophy, Division of . . .44 Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23 Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6 Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0 Scandinavian Language and Literature 54 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 92 . . . . . . . .93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Secretarial Work Curriculum Membership in Educational Associations 6 Seminary, Ministry, Preparation for the . . . . . .84, 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85 Seminary, Courses of Study Minors Seminary, Expenses Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54 Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97 Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Music, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58 Admission . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24 Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60 Social Work Curriculum Sociology, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .89 . . . . . . . . . . .63 Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9 Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Schools of . . . . 15 Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28 Norwegian, Courses in Numbering of Courses Nursing. Affiliation with Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . .31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 98 Organizations, Student Orientation ........ 91 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Services. Student Philosophy. Department of Physical Education ..... ...... ............ Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . Placement Service far Graduates . ............ ................ Plant. The Physical Political Science Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 15 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . .25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2 Svstematic Theolwv .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Symbols Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94 Teaching Curriculums Testing Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95 Transfer and Advanced Standing Trustees. B w r d of Tuition and Fees . .36. 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17 University Courses ................. 37 Upper Division Requirements -41 ........ AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM PICTURED AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is estimated at $8,000,000. Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium, student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development during this same period include additional research and instructional equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship funds. The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics, chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events. The development program states as its purpose "to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring the college to the fulfillment of its destiny." Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations, parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These volunteers work with and through a Development Council. Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan, memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable tax benefits to the donors. The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg. Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development, Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1986-1988
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1986-1988
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries. Facts & Figures about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Religious Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 59% of students are Lutheran, 14% other Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic, 8% other. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing. Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802 from 22 states and 24 nations. Graduates - from 1870 through May 26,1985 - 9,231. Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9 to 1.Class size averages 20-30. Campus - 14 major buildings. Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9 major buildings are connected by a skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway system. Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de- partments. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111. Policy -Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Financial Aid - Approximately 85% of the students receive some form of financial aid from the college and many other sources. Contents Facts & Figures ............................ 11 Introducing Augsburg ......................2 Admissions ....................11 College Costs, Financial Policies, & Financial Aid ............16 Student Life ................... 30 Academic Information .................38 Departments & Programs .................59 College Information: ..............................160 DCUS Board ........................162 Administration ...................162 Faculty Emeriti ...................164 Teaching Faculty ................ 165 Academic Calendar .........................173 Communications Directory .........................177 Index...................................1 7 8 lnfonnatlon Request Card ..................1 9 1 Regents Augsburg College Education in a Real World S tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society. The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings. T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission statement which declares that the college exists to provide high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church and by the context of a great metropolitan center. Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven. While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of their own values as they respond to it. ". ..based in the liberal arts " The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging their students to achieve the highest academic standards while supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and individual attention. Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued. Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology, and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements of a complete education. This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted attempt to direct students toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the educated person. ". .. .. shaped. by the context o f a great metropolitan center" Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The college community continually interacts with the city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for experiential learning through internships, professional program field experiences, and cooperative education placements. ". ..and shaped by faith and values." This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to others, to society, and to the world. Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through service to others. \N ithin the larger community of the city and the world, Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and developed. Augsburg College History A College o f the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants: and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The F o c u s C h a n g e s This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the college as a teacher and administrator. The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. - Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Psychology Building. Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education, emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s extensions of the campus and classroom. Serving the Non-traditional Student Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in 1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office. The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence. Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus on a liberal arts base. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies. Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church: education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens: the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. ~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community -the college community, and the larger community. Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from 8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first). Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application Procedures forApplication Freshmen for Admission 1. Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Decision for Freshmen Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Re-Admission of Former Students Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Ron-Degree) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 U.S.A. College Costs, Financial Policies and Financial Aid A 11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources. College Costs 1986-87 The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ..................................... $6.780.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course 540.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course 270.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone) 1.400.00 1,300.00 Full Board (19meals a week) Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00. ...................... ................. .................................. ........................................ Other Special F e e s (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students . ..........$ 5.00 only) .................... Late Registration (per day after classes begin) .................... $ 10.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (Cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .......................$ 5.00 introduction to Cinema $ 35.00 Arts ................................. Life Drawing (See Interim Catalog for fee) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ..............$270.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ...................... fi75.00 Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00 Radio-Television Production ..................... $ .,. 10.00 Theater Technical Production .........................$ 35.00 Student Teaching (per course) ...................... $ 15.00 Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00 Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ...............$ Nursing Credit Validation Tests ,...,..... ..........$ Locker Rental (commuters) $ Student Parking Lot Permit - car .....................$ - motorcyle ..........$ .............. 15.00 75.00 5.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 40.00 20.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year. Deposits Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........................... 9100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage 100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. ........................................................... Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Optiona - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed; 42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon appllcalion and after College approval, a three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100°/~- through the first five days of classes (less $100.00 administrativefee). 90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes. 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes. 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes. 60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and W h e n to Apply New Students -Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad- mission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec- essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after January 1. Returning Stadenha Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. K i n d s of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen- eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance - Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due March 15. Presidents Scholarships Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1. Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient arc laken intn consideration, Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized l~ Irlhc. Irldlarl grants sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact n ~1;gsbur~'s Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy. Loan Assistance National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30 a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10 years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000, Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983 and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10 years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. - Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of $50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl which your family has an account. Student Employment A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign. ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom- mended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships, winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes, *Indicatesendowed scholarships General Scholarships Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni ~~ls S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es- Lnhlislicrtl in 1968. The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc ~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen. Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de- FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s) whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle. burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr. honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) 197 1-1973. Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe Who (ire In n~~rslc andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion. ~~ Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&, 1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the A~~gshurg CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s) who lias st~rcessf~rllv nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity and dsdnm. Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade i v e point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn, Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship* - Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu, and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover a period a160 years, Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship ~ committee. Semi-finalists are inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C. Vaagenes. Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need. Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg COI~P~P, Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College studrnh. David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l, Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler, Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs A~~gshusg Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family, Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Carl Fosse Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen Dr. W. N. Sandstrom Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. - Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family, Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~ Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness. H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952, Library Science Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-UrbanStudies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel. Scandinavian Studies lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar and their familks and friends tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e. ~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Campus Ministry a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as As academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation, support or information. Student Government Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the theatre arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball. Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon- sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services ~ u ~ i b college u r ~ doncerned with educating the whole person and - is recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below. Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met: ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life. Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development. Intercultural Center As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv- ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Living on Campus Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper- class students. A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Riahts The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog. Academic Information ',, 1 I . . . ' i!! A ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the premise that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. General Information D e g r e e s Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). t. -+ - 4 II i' Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models for students. Computer R e s o u r c e s Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computing power also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as- sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/ video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Academic Organization and programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Raymond Anderson (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts - Earl Alton (Chairperson) Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Natural Science and Mathematics Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work M q j o r s and M i n o r s Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major, Mqjors available at Augsburg are: Applied Economics Art History Biology ~ u s i n e s Administration s (Accountina, Finance. International Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration EngineeringZ English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Kindergarten-Elementary Education Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) . . Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Occupational Therapys Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce. 1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree- ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty. 3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their academic major(s). Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg. It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser. Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 . Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103; PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373. Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115. 116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11 ~ and ~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary. -~ -~ - - - ~ ~ 0 - - ~ 7 Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin Cities a r e a o n several programs. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000volumes, Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of t~ Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s March 1of t h e preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global Service and Education. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors. Cooperative Education, Internships and the Liberal Arts Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n effective form of career preparation. Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students make more informed career decisions. Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students. Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services. Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/ or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required assignments. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study course numbers are used only for study different in content from courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Center for Global Service & Education The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col- leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: - Office of the Registrar Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office. A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a mqjor. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average 2.0 for most mqjors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. - 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music . A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports. English as a Second Language (ESL)Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01 N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 2.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student, Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Setaiice Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. and IFYogams Course Descriptions Maior & Minor Requirements A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of ,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art Department (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum work. The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson. Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 EnvironmentalAesthetics Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism. lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 2 2 1 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications I1 A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25) 351 Ceramics 11 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years) 368 Print Making 11 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 lndependent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists, a s subjects, and a s patrons. 382 ScandinavianArts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Spring 1987) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Fall 1986) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements. Biology Department (BIO) Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty: Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd. - O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11) 355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Mqjor - O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111) 361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Mqjor P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa- tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106). 101 Human Blology llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body. Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and 10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor) to 105 Blology and Soclety iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture. worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply social applicatio~~ lo the innjoxor minor,) 108 Mlcrablology basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor. Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or) 109 Special Topics In Bloloay Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111.112 oeneral Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 1 9 9 Internship Lower division internship. 203 Principles of Nutrition A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption, transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351 Invertebrate Zoology A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4 ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring) 353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates. (3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 3 6 1 Plant Biology A su~vcy of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 4140 Plant PhysioIogy A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring) 4 7 1 Cellular Biology A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring) 4 7 3 Animal Physiology A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall) 474 Devetopmental Biology A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles are included In the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4 mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class. 4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration and Economics Department The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration. Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec. ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration & Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm, Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick. Business Administration Mqjor (BUS): Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations: BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113, 313,311or 312 or 315. Specialization in Accounting: 12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Specialization in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301. Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353. Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the following emphasis to be taken abroad: Three of: Comparative Business Law European Marketing (or International Marketing) lnternational Business Import/Export Operations Multinational Corporation International Financial Policies One of: lnternational Trade and Finance European Common Market lnternational Economic Policies lnternational Economic Institutions Economics of Developing Countries BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent). Specialization in Management Infomation Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476, 479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC 170. Honors Maor: GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113. 175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law s offered. Students mabring In Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination during their last semester. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and Micro Computer Accounting. Business (BUS) 175 Computers for Economics and BusEness A n i~~lroduction tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC). ge data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221) 242 Principles OF Management Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager. 252 Prlnclptes of Marketing Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s. 279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) 295 Taplcs I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall) d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory gf and Practice 11 A co~iti~~ualion or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring) managerla1Cost Accol~nting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, L C 0 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) International Business Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success. iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses or consent 01 inst~uctor) Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements, idc~~lliy relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370) 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 399 Inlernshtp Program A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will P Lllc opportu~~lty to spend one rull term worltlng with atforti L ~ siudenl snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall) 425 Advanced Accountina Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring) 433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci- 438 450 475 476 479 sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1 Investment Theory Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor) Marketing Management lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352) Information Systems Analysts and Design AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment' t sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~ and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended: BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2) lnformatlon Systems Projects Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended: BUS 479) Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming 1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes. Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo sln~i~talions. Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) E c o n o m i c s (ECO): Mqjor in Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers are also strongly recommended. Mqjor in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130. Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration: 6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252, 279,331, and two other upper division). Honors Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics: 112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 110 Economics of Urban Issues Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs e to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis", Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls, elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also are open to non-majors.) 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken i~~depcndentlyallIJor 110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the olhcr coutses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm, marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or 110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto n tprogress more rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Economics and Business (See under Business). 199 Internship Lower division internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113) 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 295 Topics Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall) 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall) 313 Intermediate microeconomics Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113) 315 Monev and Banklna ~ u n c l f o nor l ~tllc ~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) 318 Management Science l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring) 360 International Trade and Pinance A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112, 1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl 399 linternsltipProwam A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with so~~~rr organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl 413 Labor lkonamlcs Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society. (l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand) 414 Wclfarc Economics Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor) 415 Managerial Economics I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business. Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition, protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring) 416 Mathematical Fmnonlics Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry, knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists. 1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. 2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. 3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. 4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and 5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481, 483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi- ciency are also required. - Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe- matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl genc~al,o r ~ a n tand t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications l Lo )iltman y. pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College) 115.I16 General Chemlaby An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations, enernctics, and bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg) 199 lnternshlp Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351.362 Organic Chemlstry Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac. many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/ Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm; vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~ tric lech~ilq~les nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall) 361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs, quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i e, equilibria and electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.: JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring) 363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each) Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al special sti~ctdi ts may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon. 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR, UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~ stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit: resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra el rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some reading k~~owlerlgc of G e n ~ ~ ar'all) n, 4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc a and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng) or. 482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond, and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1 thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall) tor. 403 QuanCumChernistsy I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and (tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les. Inclurles comznutators. and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs. elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring) 491 Chemistry Seminar 'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers. Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate. 497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers hvo options: 1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in- ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modem Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modem China (See under Department of History) 324 Modem Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics ', 1 1, Department f:" . . Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas. To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the equivalent. To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure. Education Faculty: Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton, Mark Schelske Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352, 381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach ~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295.495 Topics in Mucation Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (112 course) Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,: 255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing) to~. 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course) Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring) 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Secondary Education (EDS) Trudi Osnes (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music (5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (112 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (112 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (112 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (112 course) Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (112course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise ecl must provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ . Special Education (EDE, EDS) Mark Schelske (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course. 282 lntroductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall) Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti- tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: - 1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Dual Degree Plan Michigan Technological University - These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable. English Faculty: Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson. Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses, one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Wrltlng A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex- amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in e Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given. tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought. t P/N grading only. 111 Effcctlwe Writing 'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E i~ either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing, a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218 if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 2 6 1 Modem Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years) 336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1986-87) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. - Foreign Language Department The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of fields such a s foreign language - teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps, or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field. Foreign Languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen, Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz. Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Placement Levels: Chinese (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332, 350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Major: E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall/Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Recommended Supporting Courses: 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 411 Avanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German (GER) 8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Major: 111,112 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11 Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall) 4 5 1 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Japanese (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Linguistics (LIN) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 289 Introduction to Linguistics An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01 various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal assilmptions. i~~vcstigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Norwegian (NOR) Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 -- Old - - - .Norse .- - - - 331 350 353 399 411 499 An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/ minors will have special assignments. (On demand) Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in the compar